1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
70 #include "character.h"
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
78 #include "emacs-icon.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include "xsettings.h"
91 #include "sysselect.h"
94 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
109 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
110 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
113 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
115 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
119 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
121 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
122 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
124 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
127 #if defined USE_MOTIF
128 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
129 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
130 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
150 #ifndef XtNinitialState
151 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
155 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
159 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
164 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
166 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 static int any_help_event_p
;
173 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
174 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
176 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
178 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
180 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
182 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
184 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
187 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
189 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
190 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
191 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
192 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
194 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
196 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
197 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
198 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
199 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
201 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
203 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
205 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
212 } pending_event_wait
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
224 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
225 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
227 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
229 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
230 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
231 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
233 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
237 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
238 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
239 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
240 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
242 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
244 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
245 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
246 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
247 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
248 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
249 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
250 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
251 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
252 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
255 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
257 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
258 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
261 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
263 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
264 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
267 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
268 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
271 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
273 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
274 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
275 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
276 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
277 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
278 it's somewhat accurate. */
280 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
282 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
284 static Time last_user_time
;
286 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
290 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
292 static int input_signal_count
;
295 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
297 static int x_noop_count
;
299 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
301 extern char **initial_argv
;
302 extern int initial_argc
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
306 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
308 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
314 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
316 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
318 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
320 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
321 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
324 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
328 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
329 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
331 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
332 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
335 /* Used in x_flush. */
337 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
339 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
340 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
342 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
343 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
344 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
345 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
347 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
348 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
349 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
350 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
353 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
354 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
355 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
358 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
359 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
360 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
361 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
362 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
363 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
364 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
365 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
366 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
368 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
369 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
370 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
372 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
373 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
374 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
375 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
376 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
378 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
379 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
380 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
381 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
382 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
383 int *, struct input_event
*));
384 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
385 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
386 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
389 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
395 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
396 connection may be broken. */
397 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
403 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
404 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
405 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
406 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
408 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
414 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
415 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
416 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
417 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
418 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
421 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
424 /***********************************************************************
426 ***********************************************************************/
430 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
431 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
439 struct record event_record
[100];
441 int event_record_index
;
443 record_event (locus
, type
)
447 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
448 event_record_index
= 0;
450 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
451 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
452 event_record_index
++;
459 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
461 struct x_display_info
*
462 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
467 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
468 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
474 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
475 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
478 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
481 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
482 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
483 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
485 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
488 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
489 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
490 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
491 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
493 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
498 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
499 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
500 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
501 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
505 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
507 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
510 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
512 /* return unless necessary */
517 unsigned long n
, left
;
519 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
520 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
521 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
522 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
525 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
526 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
528 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 XFree ((void *) data
);
537 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
538 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
539 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
540 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
545 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
546 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
548 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
552 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
553 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
555 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
559 /***********************************************************************
560 Starting and ending an update
561 ***********************************************************************/
563 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
564 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
565 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
566 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
567 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
577 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
578 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
582 x_update_window_begin (w
)
585 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
586 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
589 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
593 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
595 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
596 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
598 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
600 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
601 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
608 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
611 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
615 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
618 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
620 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
623 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
624 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
627 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
629 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
630 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
632 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
633 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
634 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
636 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
637 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
641 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
643 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
647 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
652 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
654 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
656 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
657 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
662 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
663 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
664 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
666 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
667 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
668 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
671 updated_window
= NULL
;
675 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
682 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
683 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
687 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
693 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
694 complete update has been performed. The global variable
695 updated_window is not available here. */
698 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
706 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
709 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
710 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
711 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
712 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
713 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
720 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
721 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
722 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
723 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
724 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
725 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
728 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
729 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
731 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
737 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
738 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
740 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
741 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
742 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
743 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
744 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
745 overhead is very small. */
746 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
747 && desired_row
->full_width_p
748 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
749 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
751 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
754 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
756 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
757 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
758 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
762 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
763 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
764 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
765 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
766 y
, width
, height
, False
);
772 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
774 struct glyph_row
*row
;
775 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
777 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
778 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
779 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
780 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
781 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
784 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
785 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
788 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
791 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
792 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
793 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
794 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
796 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
799 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
803 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
805 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
806 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
807 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
808 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
810 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
812 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
814 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
815 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
816 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
817 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
818 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
819 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
820 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
821 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
823 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
827 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
828 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
829 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
833 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
834 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
835 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
836 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
840 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
842 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
843 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
845 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
850 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
852 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
853 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
855 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
856 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
861 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
862 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
865 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
871 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
872 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
876 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
878 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
880 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
882 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
884 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
885 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
887 face
->background
, depth
);
891 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
892 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
895 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
896 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
897 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
898 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
901 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
902 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
903 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
907 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
908 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
909 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
913 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
918 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
919 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
920 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
924 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
928 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
929 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
932 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
937 /***********************************************************************
939 ***********************************************************************/
943 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
944 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
947 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
948 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
949 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
950 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
953 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
954 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
955 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
956 unsigned long *, double, int));
957 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
958 double, int, unsigned long));
959 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
964 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
966 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
967 int, int, int, int, int, int,
969 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
970 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
973 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
977 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
982 struct glyph_string
*s
;
984 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
985 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
986 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
988 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
991 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
995 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
996 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
998 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
999 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1000 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1001 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1002 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1003 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1004 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1006 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1007 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1008 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1010 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1011 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1014 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1015 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1016 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1018 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1019 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1022 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1023 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1025 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1030 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1033 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1034 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1039 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1040 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1041 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1043 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1045 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1046 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1048 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1049 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1050 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1052 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1053 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1061 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1062 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1063 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1064 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1066 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1067 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1070 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1071 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1073 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1076 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1080 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1081 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1082 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1085 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1086 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1088 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1092 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1093 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1097 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1098 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1100 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1102 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1104 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1105 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1107 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1109 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1110 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1112 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1114 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1117 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1119 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1120 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1122 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1123 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1125 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1126 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1130 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1134 /* GC must have been set. */
1135 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1139 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1140 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1143 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1144 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1146 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1147 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1150 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1155 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1156 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1160 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1161 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1166 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1168 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1171 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1176 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1179 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1183 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1184 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1186 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1188 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1190 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1191 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1194 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1195 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1196 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1200 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1202 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1204 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1205 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1206 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1210 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1211 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1216 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1219 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1220 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1225 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1226 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1227 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1231 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1232 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1233 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1234 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1235 contains the first component of a composition. */
1238 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1239 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1242 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1243 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1244 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1246 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1250 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1251 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1252 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1253 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1254 s
->background_width
,
1255 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1256 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1257 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1259 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1260 || s
->font_not_found_p
1261 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1264 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1265 s
->background_width
,
1266 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1267 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1273 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1276 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1277 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1281 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1282 of S to the right of that box line. */
1283 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1284 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1285 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1289 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1291 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1293 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1296 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1297 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1299 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1304 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1305 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1308 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1309 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1311 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1313 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1314 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1322 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1325 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1326 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1329 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1331 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1332 of S to the right of that box line. */
1333 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1334 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1335 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1339 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1340 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1341 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1342 this composition. */
1344 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1345 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1346 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1348 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1349 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1350 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1352 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1356 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1357 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1359 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1360 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1362 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1363 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1364 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1369 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1374 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1376 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1377 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1378 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1381 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1385 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1388 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1389 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1390 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1391 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1398 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1403 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1405 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1406 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1407 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1408 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1409 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1412 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1413 cannot be determined. */
1415 static struct frame
*
1416 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1423 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1425 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1426 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1427 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1428 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1429 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1430 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1432 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1433 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1434 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1435 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1436 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1438 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1439 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1440 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1447 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1448 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1449 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1450 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1453 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1458 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1459 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1463 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1464 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1465 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1466 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1467 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1468 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1471 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1475 unsigned long *pixel
;
1479 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1480 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1484 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1485 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1487 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1489 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1491 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1496 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1499 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1502 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1504 DPY is the display we are working on.
1506 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1507 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1508 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1509 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1511 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1512 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1514 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1515 we allocated the color or not.
1517 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1520 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1524 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1525 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1535 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1536 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1538 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1542 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1543 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1544 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1546 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1548 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1549 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1551 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1553 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1554 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1556 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1557 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1559 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1560 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1565 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1567 params
[0] = color_name
;
1568 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1569 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1570 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1575 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1577 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1579 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1583 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1587 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1588 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1591 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1596 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1597 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1598 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1600 APP is the application context in which we work.
1602 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1603 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1604 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1606 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1609 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1618 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1620 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1623 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1625 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1626 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1627 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1628 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1629 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1634 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1637 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1638 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1639 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1640 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1642 static const XColor
*
1643 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1649 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1651 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1654 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1655 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1656 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1657 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1658 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1661 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1663 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1664 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1667 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1668 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1672 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1673 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1676 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1681 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1683 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1686 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1688 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1689 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1690 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1691 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1695 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1699 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1700 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1703 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1707 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1711 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1712 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1713 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1717 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1727 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1728 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1729 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1730 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1732 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1734 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1736 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1738 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1739 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1740 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1741 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1743 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1746 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1750 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1751 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1752 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1753 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1757 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1758 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1759 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1761 XColor
*cached_color
;
1763 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1764 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1765 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1766 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1767 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1769 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1770 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1771 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1775 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1777 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1778 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1784 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1785 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1786 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1790 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1795 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1796 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1800 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1801 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1802 get color reference counts right. */
1805 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1807 unsigned long pixel
;
1811 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1813 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1814 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1816 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1817 register_color (pixel
);
1823 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1824 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1825 get color reference counts right. */
1828 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1831 unsigned long pixel
;
1835 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1837 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1838 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1840 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1841 register_color (pixel
);
1847 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1850 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1851 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1852 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1853 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1854 use an additional additive factor.
1856 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1857 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1858 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1861 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1862 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1863 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1864 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1865 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1866 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1869 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1873 unsigned long *pixel
;
1881 /* Get RGB color values. */
1882 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1883 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1885 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1886 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1887 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1888 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1889 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1891 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1892 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1894 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1895 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1896 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1897 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1898 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1900 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1901 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1902 /* The additive adjustment. */
1903 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1907 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1908 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1909 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1913 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1914 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1915 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1919 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1920 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1925 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1926 delta to the RGB values. */
1927 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1929 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1930 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1931 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1932 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1943 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1944 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1945 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1946 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1947 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1948 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1951 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1953 struct relief
*relief
;
1956 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1959 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1960 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1961 unsigned long pixel
;
1962 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1963 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1964 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1965 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1967 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1968 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1970 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1971 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1972 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1974 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1976 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1977 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1980 /* Allocate new color. */
1981 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1983 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1984 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1986 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1987 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1990 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1992 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1994 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1997 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2001 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2004 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2005 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2007 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2008 unsigned long color
;
2010 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2011 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2012 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2014 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2015 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2020 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2021 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2022 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2025 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2026 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2028 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2029 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2030 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2031 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2032 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2037 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2038 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2039 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2040 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2041 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2042 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2046 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2047 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2049 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2050 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2051 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2053 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2054 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2079 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2081 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2082 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2086 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2087 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2088 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2089 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2093 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2094 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2095 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2097 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2101 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2102 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2103 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2104 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2105 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2106 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2109 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2110 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2112 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2113 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2117 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2118 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2119 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2122 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2123 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2131 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2132 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2136 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2137 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2139 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2140 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2144 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2147 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2148 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2150 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2151 int left_p
, right_p
;
2152 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2153 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2155 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2156 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2157 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2159 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2160 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2162 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2164 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2165 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2167 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2169 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2171 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2173 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2174 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2176 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2177 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2178 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2180 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2182 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2184 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2185 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2186 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2189 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2190 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2191 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2196 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2199 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2200 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2203 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2205 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2206 right of that line. */
2207 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2208 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2210 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2212 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2214 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2215 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2216 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2217 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2223 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2224 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2225 trust on the shape extension to be available
2226 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2228 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2234 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2235 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2236 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2237 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2239 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2242 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2243 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2244 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2245 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2246 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2247 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2251 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2253 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2256 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2257 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2258 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2259 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2260 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2261 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2263 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2264 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2265 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2266 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2267 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2268 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2269 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2271 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2273 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2275 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2276 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2281 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2282 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2283 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2287 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2290 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2291 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2293 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2296 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2298 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2299 right of that line. */
2300 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2301 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2303 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2305 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2307 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2308 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2309 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2310 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2312 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2313 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2315 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2316 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2320 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2321 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2326 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2327 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2329 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2330 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2331 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2333 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2335 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2340 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2343 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2344 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2348 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2350 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2351 right of that line. */
2352 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2353 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2355 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2357 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2359 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2360 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2361 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2362 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2368 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2369 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2370 trust on the shape extension to be available
2371 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2373 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2377 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2378 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2379 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2380 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2381 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2383 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2384 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2386 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2390 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2391 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2392 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2394 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2395 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2396 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2397 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2398 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2399 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2400 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2402 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2404 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2406 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2411 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2412 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2413 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2417 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2418 give the rectangle to draw. */
2421 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2422 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2427 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2428 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2429 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2430 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2433 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2437 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2440 s->x +-------------------------
2443 | +-------------------------
2446 | | +-------------------
2452 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2453 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2455 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2456 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2458 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2461 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2462 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2466 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2467 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2469 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2470 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2474 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2475 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2479 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2480 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2481 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2482 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2483 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2485 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2486 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2487 s
->background_width
,
2490 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2492 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2494 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2497 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2498 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2499 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2500 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2502 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2503 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2508 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2510 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2511 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2512 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2521 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2523 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2525 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2526 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2528 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2531 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2534 /* Draw the foreground. */
2537 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2538 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2539 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2540 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2541 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2544 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2546 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2548 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2549 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2550 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2554 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2557 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2558 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2560 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2562 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2563 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2565 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2566 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2567 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2568 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2572 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2575 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2578 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2580 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2581 if (width
< background_width
)
2584 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2589 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2590 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2592 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2598 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2599 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2601 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2603 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2604 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2605 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2606 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2611 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2612 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2613 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2614 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2618 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2620 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2621 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2623 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2624 except for header line and mode line. */
2625 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2627 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2630 if (background_width
> 0)
2631 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2634 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2638 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2641 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2642 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2644 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2646 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2647 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2648 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2649 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2652 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2654 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2655 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2656 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2657 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2659 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2660 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2661 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2662 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2665 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2669 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2670 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2672 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2673 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2674 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2675 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2676 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2677 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2680 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2681 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2682 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2683 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2686 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2688 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2689 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2690 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2691 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2692 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2693 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2695 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2697 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2700 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2704 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2708 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2709 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2711 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2712 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2715 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2716 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2717 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2718 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2720 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2721 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2728 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2730 /* Draw underline. */
2731 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2733 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2736 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2738 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2739 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2740 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2744 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2745 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2746 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2749 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2750 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2753 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2754 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2755 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2756 specs, and its default is
2758 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2759 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2761 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2762 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2763 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2765 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2767 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2769 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2771 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2772 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2773 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2774 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2776 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2777 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2778 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2779 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2780 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2781 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2782 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2786 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2787 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2789 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2790 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2794 /* Draw overline. */
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2797 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2799 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw strike-through. */
2814 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2816 unsigned long h
= 1;
2817 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2819 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2834 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2835 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2839 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2841 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2842 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2843 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2845 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2846 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2847 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2850 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2851 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2852 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2853 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2855 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2856 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2858 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2864 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2866 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2867 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2868 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2870 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2871 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2872 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2875 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2876 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2877 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2878 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2880 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2881 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2883 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2888 /* Reset clipping. */
2889 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2893 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2896 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2898 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2900 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2901 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2902 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2906 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2910 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2918 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2919 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2922 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2929 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2930 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2934 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2937 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2939 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2941 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2942 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2943 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2945 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2946 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2948 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2950 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2951 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2952 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2954 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2961 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2963 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2964 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2966 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2969 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2970 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2973 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2974 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2976 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2977 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2978 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2980 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2981 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2985 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2987 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2988 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2992 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2994 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2995 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2997 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2999 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3011 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3012 pixels into background pixels. */
3016 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3017 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3018 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3020 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3021 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3025 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3026 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3027 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3028 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3029 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3030 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3031 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3035 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3036 edge it is next to. */
3037 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3039 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3040 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3043 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3044 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3051 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3053 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3054 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3056 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3058 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3059 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3060 width
, flash_height
);
3061 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3063 (height
- flash_height
3064 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3065 width
, flash_height
);
3068 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3069 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3070 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3071 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3076 struct timeval wakeup
;
3078 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3080 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3081 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3082 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3083 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3085 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3087 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3089 struct timeval current
;
3090 struct timeval timeout
;
3092 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3094 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3095 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3098 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3100 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3102 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3103 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3107 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3108 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3110 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3112 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3113 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3114 width
, flash_height
);
3115 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3117 (height
- flash_height
3118 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3119 width
, flash_height
);
3122 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3123 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3124 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3125 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3127 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3135 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3139 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3146 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3147 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3148 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3151 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3152 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3153 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3158 /* Make audible bell. */
3163 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3165 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3167 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3174 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3175 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3182 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3183 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3184 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3185 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3188 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3191 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3196 /***********************************************************************
3198 ***********************************************************************/
3200 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3201 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3204 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3212 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3215 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3219 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3220 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3222 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3223 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3225 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3227 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3228 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3229 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3233 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3234 line at the bottom. */
3235 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3236 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3238 height
= run
->height
;
3242 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3244 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3245 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3247 height
= run
->height
;
3252 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3256 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3257 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3258 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3268 /***********************************************************************
3270 ***********************************************************************/
3277 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3278 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3279 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3280 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3282 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3283 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3285 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3286 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3290 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3293 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3294 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3295 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3296 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3298 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3299 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3301 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3302 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3305 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3306 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3307 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3308 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3309 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3312 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3313 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3314 struct frame
*frame
;
3316 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3318 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3320 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3321 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3322 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3324 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3325 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3327 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3328 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3330 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3333 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3336 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3337 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3338 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3341 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3344 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3345 struct frame
*frame
;
3346 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3348 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3350 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3352 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3353 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3355 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3356 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3357 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3358 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3359 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3361 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3362 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3366 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3369 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3370 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3373 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3375 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3377 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3379 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3380 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3384 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3385 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3387 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3388 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3392 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3393 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3395 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3398 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3399 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3401 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3403 struct frame
*frame
;
3405 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3409 switch (event
->type
)
3414 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3416 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3418 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3419 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3420 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3421 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3423 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3429 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3430 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3431 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3432 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3436 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3438 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3439 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3440 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3447 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3450 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3451 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3453 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3456 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3457 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3458 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3460 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3461 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3462 the appropriate X display info. */
3465 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3466 struct frame
*frame
;
3468 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3472 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3473 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3475 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3477 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3479 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3480 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3481 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3482 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3483 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3485 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3486 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3490 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3492 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3495 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3496 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3497 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3503 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3505 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3507 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3508 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3510 int min_code
, max_code
;
3513 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3515 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3516 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3517 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3518 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3519 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3521 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3523 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3524 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3526 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3528 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3529 Alt keysyms are on. */
3531 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3532 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3534 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3536 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3537 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3539 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3541 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3545 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3549 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3551 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3557 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3558 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3563 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3564 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3569 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3570 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3571 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3572 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3577 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3578 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3579 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3580 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3584 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3585 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3586 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3587 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3588 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3597 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3598 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3600 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3601 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3604 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3605 make them just meta, not alt. */
3606 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3608 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3611 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3612 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3615 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3619 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3620 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3623 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3624 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3625 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3626 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3629 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3630 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3631 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3632 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3633 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3634 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3635 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3636 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3639 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3640 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3641 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3642 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3643 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3644 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3648 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3652 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3653 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3654 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3655 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3663 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3664 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3665 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3666 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3669 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3671 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3672 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3673 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3674 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3677 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3680 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3686 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3694 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3696 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3698 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3702 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3703 struct input_event
*result
;
3704 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3707 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3709 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3710 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3711 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3712 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3714 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3718 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3719 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3720 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3726 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3727 The input handler calls this.
3729 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3730 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3731 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3732 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3734 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3735 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3738 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3740 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3742 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3743 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3744 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3746 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3749 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3751 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3752 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3753 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3754 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3759 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3760 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3761 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3762 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3763 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3764 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3766 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3767 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3768 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3769 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3770 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3771 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3779 /************************************************************************
3781 ************************************************************************/
3784 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3786 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3787 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3788 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3789 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3790 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3795 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3796 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3798 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3799 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3800 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3801 position on the scroll bar.
3803 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3804 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3807 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3808 was at this position.
3810 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3812 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3816 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3819 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3820 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3822 unsigned long *time
;
3828 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3829 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3835 Window dummy_window
;
3838 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3840 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3841 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3842 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3843 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3844 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3846 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3848 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3849 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3850 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3852 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3855 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3856 a different screen. */
3859 /* The position on that root window. */
3862 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3865 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3867 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3869 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3870 containing the pointer. */
3874 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3878 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3879 structure is changing at the same time this function
3880 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3882 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3884 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3885 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3887 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3888 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3889 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3891 /* From-window, to-window. */
3892 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3894 /* From-position, to-position. */
3895 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3899 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3905 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3907 /* From-window, to-window. */
3910 /* From-position, to-position. */
3911 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3916 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3919 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3920 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3921 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3922 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3923 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3931 /* Now we know that:
3932 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3933 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3934 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3935 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3936 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3937 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3938 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3939 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3940 never use them in that case.) */
3943 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3944 want the edit window. */
3945 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3947 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3948 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3951 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3952 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3955 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3956 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3958 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3961 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3964 x_uncatch_errors ();
3966 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3969 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3971 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3975 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3981 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3982 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3986 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3987 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3988 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3989 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3990 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3991 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3992 the frame are divided into. */
3994 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3995 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4000 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4001 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4002 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4012 /***********************************************************************
4014 ***********************************************************************/
4016 /* Scroll bar support. */
4018 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4020 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4023 static struct scroll_bar
*
4024 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4030 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4031 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4032 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4034 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4036 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4038 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4039 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4040 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4043 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4046 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4048 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4049 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4050 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4051 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4052 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4055 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4056 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4057 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4058 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4065 #if defined USE_LUCID
4067 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4068 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4071 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4076 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4078 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4080 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4081 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4083 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4091 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4094 /************************************************************************
4096 ************************************************************************/
4098 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4100 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4101 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4102 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4103 struct scroll_bar
*));
4104 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4108 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4109 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4111 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4113 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4115 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4117 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4118 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4121 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4123 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4125 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4127 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4128 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4129 to avoid jerkyness. */
4131 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4133 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4134 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4135 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4136 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4139 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4142 XtPointer client_data
;
4146 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4152 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4153 end_action
= "Release";
4154 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4155 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4156 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4157 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4160 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4161 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4165 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4166 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4167 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4169 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4171 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4172 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4173 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4175 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4176 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4178 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4179 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4182 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4184 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4185 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4187 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4188 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4191 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4192 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4193 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4194 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4197 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4199 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4202 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4203 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4204 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4209 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4210 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4211 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4212 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4213 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4216 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4217 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4218 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4219 into that array in the event. */
4220 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4221 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4224 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4226 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4227 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4228 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4230 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4232 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4233 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4236 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4237 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4238 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4239 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4240 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4241 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4243 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4244 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4245 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4246 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4249 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4250 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4251 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4252 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4257 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4261 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4263 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4265 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4270 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4271 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4273 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4274 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4276 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4277 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4280 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4282 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4284 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4285 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4286 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4287 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4288 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4294 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4296 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4299 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4300 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4301 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4304 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4306 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4308 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4309 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4310 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4314 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4319 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4320 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4321 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4324 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4325 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4326 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4329 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4330 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4331 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4335 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4336 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4339 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4340 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4341 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4348 /* Get the slider size. */
4350 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4353 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4354 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4355 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4356 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4360 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4366 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4367 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4368 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4372 #elif defined USE_GTK
4374 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4375 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4378 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4382 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4388 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4389 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4391 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4393 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4396 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4398 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4404 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4406 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4408 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4410 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4411 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4413 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4415 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4416 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4418 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4420 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4421 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4423 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4425 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4426 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4430 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4431 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4432 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4433 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4438 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4439 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4440 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4444 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4446 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4447 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4448 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4452 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4454 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4456 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4457 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4459 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4462 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4464 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4468 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4470 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4471 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4472 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4473 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4474 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4476 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4478 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4480 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4481 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4482 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4483 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4487 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4488 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4489 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4490 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4491 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4492 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4493 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4496 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4498 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4500 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4501 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4502 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4506 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4508 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4511 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4512 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4514 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4515 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4516 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4517 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4519 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4521 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4522 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4523 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4524 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4527 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4529 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4531 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4532 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4536 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4538 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4540 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4543 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4548 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4551 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4553 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4559 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4560 unsigned long pixel
;
4565 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4566 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4567 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4568 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4569 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4570 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4572 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4574 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4577 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4581 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4584 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4588 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4589 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4591 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4592 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4594 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4596 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4598 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4600 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4602 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4604 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4607 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4608 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4610 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4611 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4612 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4613 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4615 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4617 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4618 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4619 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4620 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4623 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4624 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4626 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4629 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4633 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4636 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4640 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4642 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4643 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4645 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4648 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4649 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4650 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4652 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4655 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4657 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4660 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4661 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4662 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4664 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4668 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4669 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4670 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4671 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4672 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4673 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4675 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4679 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4680 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4681 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4683 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4685 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4688 /* Specify the colors. */
4689 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4692 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4695 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4698 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4704 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4705 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4709 char *val
= initial
;
4710 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4711 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4712 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4714 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4715 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4716 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4717 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4718 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4719 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4723 /* Define callbacks. */
4724 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4725 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4728 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4729 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4731 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4733 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4734 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4735 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4736 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4738 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4739 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4740 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4741 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4745 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4748 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4749 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4753 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4754 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4755 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4757 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4760 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4762 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4763 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4764 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4766 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4767 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4774 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4775 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4776 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4777 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4778 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4779 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4780 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4781 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4782 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4783 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4784 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4785 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4786 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4787 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4794 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4795 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4798 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4802 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4803 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4805 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4806 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4807 size
= max (size
, 1);
4809 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4810 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4811 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4813 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4815 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4821 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4822 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4826 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4828 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4829 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4830 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4834 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4835 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4836 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4839 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4840 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4842 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4843 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4844 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4845 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4847 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4848 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4851 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4852 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4853 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4855 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4859 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4863 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4865 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4869 /************************************************************************
4870 Scroll bars, general
4871 ************************************************************************/
4873 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4874 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4875 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4878 static struct scroll_bar
*
4879 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4881 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4883 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4884 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4885 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4889 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4890 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4891 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4893 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4897 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4898 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4899 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4901 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4902 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4904 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4906 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4908 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4909 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4910 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4911 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4912 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4914 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4916 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4917 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4918 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4920 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4922 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4929 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4931 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4937 bar
->height
= height
;
4940 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4941 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4943 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4944 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4946 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4947 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4948 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4950 /* Map the window/widget. */
4951 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4954 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4957 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4958 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4960 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4961 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4962 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4963 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4964 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4966 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4967 max (height
, 1), 0);
4968 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4969 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4971 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4972 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4973 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4980 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4982 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4984 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4985 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4986 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4989 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4990 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4991 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4992 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4993 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4996 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4997 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5001 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5002 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5003 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5004 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5006 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5008 && start
== bar
->start
5015 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5016 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5017 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5019 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5020 the distance between start and end. */
5022 int length
= end
- start
;
5026 else if (start
> top_range
)
5028 end
= start
+ length
;
5032 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5036 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5040 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5041 if (end
> top_range
)
5044 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5045 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5046 that many pixels tall. */
5047 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5049 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5050 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5052 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5053 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5054 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5055 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5056 inside_width
, start
,
5059 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5060 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5061 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5062 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5064 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5066 /* x, y, width, height */
5067 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5068 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5069 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5071 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5072 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5073 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5074 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5076 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5077 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5078 if (end
< inside_height
)
5079 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5080 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5081 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5082 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5083 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5091 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5093 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5097 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5098 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5100 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5103 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5105 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5106 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5107 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5108 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5110 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5113 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5114 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5120 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5121 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5122 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5126 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5128 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5130 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5131 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5132 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5133 int window_y
, window_height
;
5134 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5135 int fringe_extended_p
;
5138 /* Get window dimensions. */
5139 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5141 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5142 height
= window_height
;
5144 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5145 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5147 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5148 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5149 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5150 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5154 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5155 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5156 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5157 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5159 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5161 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5162 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5167 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5168 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5169 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5170 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5171 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5172 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5174 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5175 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5176 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5177 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5180 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5181 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5183 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5186 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5187 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5188 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5189 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5192 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5193 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5197 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5201 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5202 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5204 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5208 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5210 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5212 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5214 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5217 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5219 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5220 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5222 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5223 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5224 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5226 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5230 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5231 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5234 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5237 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5238 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5240 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5241 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5242 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5244 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5245 max (height
, 1), 0);
5246 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5248 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5250 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5251 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5252 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5254 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5255 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5257 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5258 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5259 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5263 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5264 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5265 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5268 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5269 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5270 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5272 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5273 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5274 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5275 rest
, height
, False
);
5277 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5278 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5282 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5287 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5289 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5291 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5295 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5297 /* Remember new settings. */
5298 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5300 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5301 bar
->height
= height
;
5306 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5307 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5309 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5310 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5311 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5313 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5315 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5318 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5321 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5322 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5323 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5326 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5328 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5332 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5333 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5334 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5335 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5336 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5337 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5338 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5340 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5341 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5342 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5345 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5348 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5349 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5352 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5353 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5354 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5355 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5356 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5357 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5358 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5363 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5364 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5367 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5368 struct window
*window
;
5370 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5373 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5374 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5377 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5379 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5380 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5381 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5383 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5385 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5386 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5388 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5389 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5390 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5392 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5393 one or the other! */
5397 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5399 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5400 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5402 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5404 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5405 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5406 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5409 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5410 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5413 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5416 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5418 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5420 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5421 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5422 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5424 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5426 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5428 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5431 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5434 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5435 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5439 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5440 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5441 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5443 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5447 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5448 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5451 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5452 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5453 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5454 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5458 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5460 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5461 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5462 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5463 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5465 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5466 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5468 /* x, y, width, height */
5470 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5473 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5474 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5475 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5476 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5481 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5483 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5484 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5486 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5491 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5492 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5494 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5496 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5499 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5500 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5501 emacs_event
->modifiers
5502 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5503 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5504 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5505 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5508 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5509 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5510 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5513 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5514 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5517 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5520 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5521 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5522 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5524 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5526 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5527 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5528 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5529 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5531 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5532 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5534 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5535 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5539 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5540 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5544 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5546 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5548 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5552 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5553 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5556 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5558 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5561 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5563 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5564 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5566 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5567 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5569 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5571 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5573 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5578 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5580 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5581 on the scroll bar. */
5584 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5586 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5587 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5589 unsigned long *time
;
5591 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5592 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5593 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5595 Window dummy_window
;
5597 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5601 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5603 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5605 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5606 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5607 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5609 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5612 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5618 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5620 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5622 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5623 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5627 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5631 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5633 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5634 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5635 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5636 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5637 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5638 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5640 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5642 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5643 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5646 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5649 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5655 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5656 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5657 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5661 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5664 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5667 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5668 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5669 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5670 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5671 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5672 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5673 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5674 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5676 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5680 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5682 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5683 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5684 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5685 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5687 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5688 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5690 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5692 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5693 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5695 static int temp_index
;
5696 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5698 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5699 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5701 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5703 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5704 on a particular display. */
5706 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5708 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5709 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5710 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5711 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5713 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5715 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5718 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5719 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5720 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5721 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5722 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5723 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5727 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5728 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5738 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5739 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5740 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5742 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5744 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5748 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5749 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5752 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5753 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5754 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5757 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5758 event
->xclient
.window
);
5760 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5765 static int current_count
;
5766 static int current_finish
;
5767 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5769 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5770 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5771 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5772 static GdkFilterReturn
5773 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5778 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5780 if (current_count
>= 0)
5782 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5784 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5787 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5788 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5789 so we do it here. */
5790 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5791 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5792 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5796 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5800 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5805 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5807 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5808 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5810 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5812 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5815 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5817 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5818 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5819 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5821 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5824 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5825 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5828 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5831 struct input_event ie
;
5832 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5837 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5838 struct coding_system coding
;
5839 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5841 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5843 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5844 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5847 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5848 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5854 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5855 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5856 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5858 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5859 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5861 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5862 could be the shell widget window
5863 if the frame has no title bar. */
5864 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5866 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5867 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5868 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5870 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5871 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5872 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5873 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5874 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5877 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5878 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5879 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5880 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5883 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5884 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5885 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5888 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5889 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5890 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5892 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5893 /* The ICCCM says this is
5894 the only valid choice. */
5896 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5897 /* This is needed to detect the error
5898 if there is an error. */
5900 x_uncatch_errors ();
5902 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5907 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5908 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5910 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5911 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5912 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5913 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5914 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5915 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5916 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5917 session manager and one for this. */
5919 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5922 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5923 event
.xclient
.window
);
5924 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5925 for a single Emacs process. */
5926 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5927 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5928 event
.xclient
.window
,
5929 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5931 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5932 event
.xclient
.window
,
5938 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5939 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5941 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5942 event
.xclient
.window
);
5944 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5946 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5947 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5954 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5955 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5960 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5961 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5964 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5966 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5967 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5971 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5978 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5979 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5981 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5983 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5987 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5989 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5990 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5991 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5992 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5994 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5995 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5996 currently never do because we are interested in
5997 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5998 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5999 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6002 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6003 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6007 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6008 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6009 we construct an input_event. */
6010 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6011 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6013 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6014 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6017 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6019 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6020 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6021 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6023 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6024 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6025 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6027 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6031 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6033 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6036 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6037 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6041 case SelectionNotify
:
6042 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6043 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6044 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6046 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6047 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6050 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6051 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6052 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6053 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6055 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6057 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6059 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6060 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6061 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6062 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6063 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6067 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6068 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6069 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6070 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6072 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6074 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6075 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6077 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6078 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6079 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6080 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6081 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6082 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6083 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6084 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6088 case PropertyNotify
:
6089 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6090 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6091 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6092 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6094 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6095 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6098 case ReparentNotify
:
6099 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6103 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6104 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6108 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6109 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6110 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6115 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6119 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6120 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6121 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6122 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6123 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6126 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6128 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6129 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6130 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6131 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6135 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6136 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6140 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6141 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6143 #if defined USE_LUCID
6144 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6145 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6146 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6149 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6151 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6153 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6155 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6156 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6158 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6159 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6160 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6163 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6164 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6167 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6168 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6172 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6173 source area was obscured or not
6175 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6179 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6180 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6181 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6183 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6186 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6189 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6190 source area was completely
6195 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6196 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6199 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6202 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6203 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6204 the frame was deleted. */
6206 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6207 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6208 display that won't ever be seen. */
6209 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6210 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6211 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6212 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6213 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6214 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6215 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6216 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6218 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6220 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6221 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6227 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6228 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6229 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6232 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6233 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6234 frame is visible. */
6235 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6238 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6239 the frame's display structures.
6240 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6241 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6242 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6243 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6244 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6245 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6247 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6248 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6249 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6250 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6252 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6253 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6254 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6258 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6259 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6261 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6262 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6263 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6264 to update the frame titles
6265 in case this is the second frame. */
6266 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6269 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6276 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6277 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6279 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6280 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6281 if (popup_activated ())
6285 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6287 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6288 mouse highlighting. */
6289 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6291 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6293 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6294 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6297 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6300 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6301 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6302 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6304 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6306 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6307 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6310 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6314 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6315 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6316 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6319 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6320 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6321 status_return even if the input is too long to
6322 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6323 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6324 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6325 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6326 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6327 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6328 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6330 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6334 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6335 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6336 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6338 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6342 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6343 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6344 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6346 /* This will have to go some day... */
6348 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6349 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6350 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6351 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6352 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6353 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6354 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6356 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6357 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6358 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6359 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6360 not it is combined with Meta. */
6361 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6362 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6367 Status status_return
;
6369 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6370 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6371 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6372 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6374 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6376 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6377 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6378 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6379 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6380 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6383 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6384 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6386 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6391 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6392 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6396 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6397 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6400 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6401 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6405 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6406 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6407 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6410 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6411 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6413 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6414 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6416 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6417 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6419 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6420 translations to characters. */
6421 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6422 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6424 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6425 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6429 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6430 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6432 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6433 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6435 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6436 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6440 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6441 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6442 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6446 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6447 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6448 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6449 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6453 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6454 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6455 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6456 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6457 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6458 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6460 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6461 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6463 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6464 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6465 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6466 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6467 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6468 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6470 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6471 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6473 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6474 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6476 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6477 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6479 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6480 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6482 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6483 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6485 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6486 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6488 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6489 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6491 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6492 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6494 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6495 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6497 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6498 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6500 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6501 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6503 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6504 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6506 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6507 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6509 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6510 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6511 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6512 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6513 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6514 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6515 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6516 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6517 don't have real modifiers but
6518 should be treated similarly to
6519 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6520 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6521 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6523 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6524 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6528 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6529 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6531 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6532 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6536 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6541 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6543 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6545 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6548 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6550 /* Decode the input data. */
6554 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6555 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6556 we used just above and the locale. */
6557 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6558 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6559 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6560 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6561 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6562 gives us composition information. */
6563 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6565 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6566 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6567 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6568 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6569 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6570 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6571 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6572 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6575 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6576 character events. */
6577 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6579 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6580 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6582 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6583 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6584 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6585 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6587 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6592 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6594 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6600 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6601 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6609 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6611 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6612 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6620 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6621 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6623 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6625 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6626 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6628 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6629 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6630 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6631 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6633 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6634 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6635 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6636 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6641 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6645 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6646 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6648 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6651 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6653 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6654 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6655 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6656 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6659 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6660 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6661 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6662 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6663 if (any_help_event_p
)
6667 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6668 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6669 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6674 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6679 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6680 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6681 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6683 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6684 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6685 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6687 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6689 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6691 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6692 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6696 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6702 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6703 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6704 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6708 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6709 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6712 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6713 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6714 will be selected only when it is active. */
6715 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6716 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6717 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6718 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6719 create event iff we don't leave the
6721 && (focus_follows_mouse
6722 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6723 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6725 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6726 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6731 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6732 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6736 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6737 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6738 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6739 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6742 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6743 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6745 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6746 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6747 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6750 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6751 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6752 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6753 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6758 case ConfigureNotify
:
6759 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6762 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6763 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6765 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6766 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6772 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6774 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6775 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6777 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6778 is called by the code that handles resizing
6779 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6781 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6782 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6783 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6784 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6785 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6786 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6787 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6789 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6790 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6791 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6794 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6795 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6796 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6800 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6801 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6802 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6803 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6806 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6810 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6811 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6820 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6821 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6824 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6825 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6826 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6828 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6830 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6831 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6833 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6836 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6841 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6842 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6843 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6846 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6847 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6849 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6850 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6852 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6854 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6855 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6856 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6857 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6862 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6863 if (! popup_activated ())
6866 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6868 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6869 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6871 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6872 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6874 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6875 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6878 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6880 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6881 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6882 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6886 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6887 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6888 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6890 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6891 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6893 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6895 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6896 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6898 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6900 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6901 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6904 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6906 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6907 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6910 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6913 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6915 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6916 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6917 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6921 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6922 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6923 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6924 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6925 Instead, save it away
6926 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6927 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6930 ! popup_activated ()
6931 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6932 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6935 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6936 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6937 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6938 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6939 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6940 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6941 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6942 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6944 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6945 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6947 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6950 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6952 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6956 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6957 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6958 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6960 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6962 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6963 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6964 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6969 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6972 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6976 case CirculateNotify
:
6979 case CirculateRequest
:
6982 case VisibilityNotify
:
6986 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6988 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6990 case MappingModifier
:
6991 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6992 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6993 case MappingKeyboard
:
6994 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6999 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7004 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7006 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7007 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7009 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7014 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7016 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7021 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7026 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7032 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7033 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7034 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7038 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7039 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7049 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7050 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7051 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7053 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7055 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7059 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7060 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7062 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7065 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7071 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7072 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7073 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7075 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7076 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7077 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7080 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7083 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7084 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7086 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7090 int event_found
= 0;
7092 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7094 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7096 pending_signals
= 1;
7101 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7103 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7107 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7108 input_signal_count
++;
7113 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7114 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7116 struct input_event inev
;
7118 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7119 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7120 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7122 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7129 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7130 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7132 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7133 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7137 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7141 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7144 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7145 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7150 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7151 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7153 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7159 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7160 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7161 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7162 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7164 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7165 from all displays. */
7167 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7169 current_count
= count
;
7170 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7172 gtk_main_iteration ();
7174 count
= current_count
;
7176 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7178 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7181 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7185 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7186 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7189 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7190 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7191 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7193 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7197 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7198 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7200 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7202 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7203 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7207 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7209 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7210 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7212 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7213 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7225 /***********************************************************************
7227 ***********************************************************************/
7229 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7230 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7232 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7233 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7234 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7237 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7239 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7243 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7244 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7245 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7247 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7249 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7250 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7251 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7252 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7253 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7255 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7259 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7262 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7264 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7266 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7267 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7268 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7271 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7274 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7275 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7276 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7277 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7280 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7281 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7282 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7284 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7285 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7286 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7287 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7288 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7290 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7291 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7292 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7294 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7295 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7296 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7297 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7301 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7303 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7304 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7305 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7309 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7311 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7313 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7315 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7316 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7318 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7319 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7321 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7322 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7325 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7326 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7327 the bar might not be in the window. */
7328 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7330 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7331 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7332 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7336 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7337 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7338 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7339 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7340 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7343 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7344 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7345 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7346 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7347 that the glyph is legible. */
7348 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7349 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7351 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7352 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7355 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7358 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7359 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7362 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7364 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7367 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7368 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7370 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7372 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7373 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7374 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7375 width
, row
->height
);
7379 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7382 width
= row
->height
;
7384 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7386 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7387 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7389 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7390 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7391 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7392 row
->height
- width
),
7393 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7396 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7401 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7404 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7408 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7409 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7410 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7411 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7415 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7418 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7420 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7422 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7423 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7427 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7430 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7432 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7434 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7437 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7441 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7442 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7444 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7445 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7447 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7448 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7451 switch (cursor_type
)
7453 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7454 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7457 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7458 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7462 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7466 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7470 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7478 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7479 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7480 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7485 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7492 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7495 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7501 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7504 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7505 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7506 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7507 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7512 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7513 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7514 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7516 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7517 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7518 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7522 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7523 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7529 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7530 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7533 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7535 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7537 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7541 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7544 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7545 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7549 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7550 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7554 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7555 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7556 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7557 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7558 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7560 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7563 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7564 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7570 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7571 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7574 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7578 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7583 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7584 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7586 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7587 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7590 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7591 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7592 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7593 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7598 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7600 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7601 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7603 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7604 be called from a signal handler.
7607 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7608 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7610 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7612 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7614 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7615 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7616 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7619 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7623 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7624 x_error_message
->string
,
7625 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7628 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7629 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7632 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7633 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7634 stored in *x_error_message.
7636 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7637 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7639 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7641 void x_check_errors ();
7644 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7647 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7649 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7653 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7654 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7655 x_error_message
= data
;
7658 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7659 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7664 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7668 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7669 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7670 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7671 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7673 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7674 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7679 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7680 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7681 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7684 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7688 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7691 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7693 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7694 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7695 x_uncatch_errors ();
7696 error (format
, string
);
7700 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7701 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7704 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7707 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7710 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7713 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7716 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7719 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7722 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7723 * idea. --lorentey */
7724 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7727 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7729 while (x_error_message
)
7730 x_uncatch_errors ();
7734 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7737 x_catching_errors ()
7739 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7743 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7746 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7751 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7752 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7753 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7754 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7755 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7758 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7759 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7762 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7763 must reestablish each time */
7764 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7769 /************************************************************************
7771 ************************************************************************/
7773 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7775 static char *error_msg
;
7777 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7778 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7779 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7782 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7784 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7788 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7789 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7792 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7794 char *error_message
;
7796 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7797 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7798 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7800 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7801 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7802 handling_signal
= 0;
7804 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7805 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7806 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7807 the original message here. */
7808 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7810 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7811 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7815 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7817 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7818 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7821 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7822 that are on the dead display. */
7823 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7825 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7827 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7828 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7829 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7830 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7831 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7832 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7835 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7836 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7837 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7838 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7839 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7840 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7842 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7843 trying to find a replacement. */
7844 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7845 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7848 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7849 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7850 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7852 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7853 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7854 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7856 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7857 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7859 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7860 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7861 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7865 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7866 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7867 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7869 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7870 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7871 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7872 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7877 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7878 is the last display/terminal. */
7879 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7881 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7882 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7885 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7888 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7889 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7891 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7892 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7893 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7894 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7899 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7900 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7904 x_uncatch_errors ();
7906 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7908 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7909 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7913 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7915 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7917 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7918 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7920 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7921 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7922 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7923 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7924 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7925 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7928 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7929 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7930 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7932 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7933 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7936 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7940 if (x_error_message
)
7941 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7943 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7947 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7948 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7949 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7951 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7953 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7954 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7959 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7965 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7966 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7968 static void NO_INLINE
7969 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7973 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7975 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7976 or colors that are not defined. */
7978 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7981 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7982 original error handler. */
7984 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7985 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7986 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7987 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7991 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7992 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7993 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7996 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8001 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8002 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8006 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8008 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8009 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8010 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8014 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8016 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8019 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8022 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8023 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8024 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8025 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8029 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8030 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8031 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8032 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8033 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8035 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8037 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8038 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8040 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8041 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8042 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8046 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8047 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8050 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8052 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8053 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8054 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8055 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8059 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8060 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size will be a no-op.
8061 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8062 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size
8063 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8064 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8065 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8066 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8067 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8068 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8070 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8072 rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8073 cols
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8075 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8076 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8082 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8085 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8094 /***********************************************************************
8096 ***********************************************************************/
8102 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8103 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8104 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8107 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8109 XPointer client_data
;
8112 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8113 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8117 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8118 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8120 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8121 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8123 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8124 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8128 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8129 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8130 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8134 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8137 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8138 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8141 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8142 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8145 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8146 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8147 char *resource_name
;
8155 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8156 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8163 XIMCallback destroy
;
8166 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8167 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8170 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8171 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8172 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8178 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8179 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8183 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8185 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8186 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8187 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8188 when the callback was registered. */
8191 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8193 XPointer client_data
;
8196 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8197 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8199 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8203 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8205 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8206 as they have no XIC. */
8207 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8209 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8212 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8214 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8217 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8218 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8220 create_frame_xic (f
);
8221 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8222 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8223 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8225 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8226 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8235 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8238 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8239 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8240 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8241 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8244 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8245 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8246 char *resource_name
;
8248 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8252 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8253 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8256 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8257 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8258 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8259 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8260 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8261 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8262 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8263 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8264 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8265 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8266 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8267 least, hence the configure test. */
8268 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8269 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8270 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8271 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8273 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8277 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8280 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8281 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8286 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8287 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8288 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8290 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8291 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8292 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8293 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8294 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8295 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8296 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8297 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8299 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8302 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8306 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8307 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8310 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8313 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8315 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8316 is already for the top-left corner. */
8317 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8320 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8321 position that fits on the screen. */
8322 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8323 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8324 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8327 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8329 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8330 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8331 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8333 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8334 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8335 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8336 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8339 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8340 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8342 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8345 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8346 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8347 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8350 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8351 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8352 so the flags should correspond. */
8353 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8356 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8357 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8358 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8359 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8360 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8363 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8365 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8368 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8370 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8372 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8373 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8377 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8379 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8381 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8382 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8384 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8387 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8389 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8390 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8392 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8394 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8395 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8396 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8397 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8398 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8401 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8402 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8404 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8405 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8408 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8409 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8410 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8411 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8414 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8415 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8416 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8418 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8419 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8420 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8421 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8422 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8423 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8428 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8429 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8430 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8431 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8432 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8435 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8437 const char *atomname
;
8440 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8441 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8443 Window wmcheck_window
;
8444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8445 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8446 long max_len
= 65536;
8447 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8448 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8449 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8454 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8456 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8457 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8458 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8459 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8460 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8462 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8464 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8465 x_uncatch_errors ();
8470 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8473 /* Check if window exists. */
8474 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8476 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8478 x_uncatch_errors ();
8483 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8485 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8486 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8487 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8488 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8489 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8490 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8492 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8493 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8495 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8496 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8497 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8498 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8500 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8502 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8503 x_uncatch_errors ();
8508 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8509 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8510 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8514 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8516 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8517 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8519 x_uncatch_errors ();
8526 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8532 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8533 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8534 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8536 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8538 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8540 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8542 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8548 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8550 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8554 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8555 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8556 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8559 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8562 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8565 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8567 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8568 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8570 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8575 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8576 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8577 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8579 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8581 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8582 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8583 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8585 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8587 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8589 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8590 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8592 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8593 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8595 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8596 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8598 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8599 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8603 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8607 return have_net_atom
;
8611 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8614 if (f
->async_visible
)
8617 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8625 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8627 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8630 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8631 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8632 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8633 long max_len
= 65536;
8634 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8635 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8636 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8641 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8642 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8643 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8644 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8645 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8647 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8649 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8650 x_uncatch_errors ();
8655 x_uncatch_errors ();
8657 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8659 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8660 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8662 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8663 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8665 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8667 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8669 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8670 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8672 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8674 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8675 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8676 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8683 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8686 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8689 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8692 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8697 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8698 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8700 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8704 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8705 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8707 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8710 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8713 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8714 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8716 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8718 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8719 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8721 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8723 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8724 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8725 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8726 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8727 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8729 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8730 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8732 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8733 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8736 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8738 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8739 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8740 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8745 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8746 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8747 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8748 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8749 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8750 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8751 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8754 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8759 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8761 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8762 window manager window around the frame. */
8764 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8766 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8768 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8773 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8774 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8775 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8777 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8779 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8780 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8782 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8783 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8785 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8788 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8789 frame's position. */
8791 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8795 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8796 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8797 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8798 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8799 of an exact comparison. */
8802 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8804 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8808 while (count
++ < 50)
8810 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8812 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8813 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8816 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8817 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8821 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8824 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8825 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8828 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8832 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8833 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8835 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8839 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8841 x_wait_for_event (f
, eventtype
)
8845 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8848 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8849 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8851 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8852 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8854 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8855 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8856 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8857 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8858 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8860 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8862 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8863 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8864 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8866 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8871 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8872 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8874 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8875 break; /* Timeout */
8877 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8878 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8882 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8883 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8884 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8885 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8888 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8893 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8895 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8896 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8897 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8899 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8900 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8901 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8903 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8905 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8906 + 2*f
->border_width
;
8907 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8908 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8909 + 2*f
->border_width
;
8911 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8912 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8913 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8914 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8917 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8918 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8919 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8920 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8921 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8923 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8924 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8925 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8926 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8928 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8929 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8930 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8931 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8932 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8934 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8937 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8938 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8939 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8940 if (f
->async_visible
)
8941 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8944 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8945 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8946 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8952 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8953 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8954 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8955 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8958 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8966 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8967 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8969 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8970 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8972 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8974 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8976 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8977 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8979 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8980 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8981 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8982 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8983 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8988 /* Mouse warping. */
8991 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8997 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8998 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9000 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9001 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9003 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9004 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9008 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9009 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9013 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9016 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9022 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9023 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9027 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9030 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9034 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9035 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9036 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9037 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9038 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9047 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9048 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9049 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9050 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9054 /* Raise frame F. */
9061 if (f
->async_visible
)
9062 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9064 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9068 /* Lower frame F. */
9074 if (f
->async_visible
)
9077 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9078 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9083 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9086 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9089 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9090 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9092 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9093 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9096 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9097 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9098 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9100 Fcons (make_number (1),
9101 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9107 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9117 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9120 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9122 enum xembed_info flags
;
9125 unsigned long data
[2];
9127 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9129 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9132 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9133 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9137 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9140 enum xembed_message message
;
9147 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9148 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9149 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9150 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9151 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9152 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9153 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9154 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9155 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9157 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9158 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9159 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9162 /* Change of visibility. */
9164 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9165 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9166 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9167 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9168 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9169 finishes with it. */
9172 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9176 int original_top
, original_left
;
9177 int retry_count
= 2;
9183 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9185 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9187 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9189 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9190 call x_set_offset a second time
9191 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9192 before the window gets really visible. */
9193 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9194 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9195 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9196 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9198 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9200 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9201 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9202 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9203 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9204 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9207 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9208 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9210 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9212 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9213 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9215 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9216 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9218 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9219 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9220 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9223 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9225 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9226 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9227 so that incoming events are handled. */
9231 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9232 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9233 will set it when they are handled. */
9234 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9236 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9237 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9239 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9242 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9244 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9245 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9246 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9247 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9249 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9250 because the window manager may choose the position
9251 and we don't want to override it. */
9253 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9254 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9255 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9256 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9257 && previously_visible
)
9261 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9265 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9266 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9267 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9268 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9269 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9270 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9271 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9272 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9273 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9275 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9276 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9277 original_left
, original_top
);
9282 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9284 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9285 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9286 MapNotify at all.. */
9287 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9288 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9290 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9293 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9294 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9295 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9296 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9297 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9299 if (input_polling_used ())
9301 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9302 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9303 handler reset it. */
9304 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9305 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9306 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9307 poll_for_input_1 ();
9308 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9311 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9312 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9317 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9321 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9322 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9323 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9324 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9326 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9331 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9333 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9336 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9341 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9342 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9344 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9345 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9346 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9350 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9351 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9352 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9353 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9354 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9355 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9358 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9359 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9362 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9363 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9368 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9369 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9371 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9372 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9376 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9377 just by the event that we get from the server.
9378 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9379 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9380 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9382 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9383 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9384 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9391 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9400 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9401 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9402 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9404 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9409 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9411 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9413 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9416 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9418 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9419 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9421 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9424 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9425 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9431 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9433 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9435 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9436 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9437 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9438 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9439 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9440 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9441 so we have to record it here. */
9444 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9445 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9450 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9451 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9452 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9456 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9458 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9459 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9463 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9465 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9467 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9468 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9469 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9470 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9471 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9472 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9474 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9475 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9477 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9478 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9482 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9483 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9484 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9485 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9486 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9488 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9489 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9491 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9494 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9495 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9499 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9501 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9503 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9505 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9506 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9509 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9510 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9512 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9514 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9518 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9521 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9524 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9526 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9530 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9531 commands to the X server. */
9532 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9534 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9535 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9537 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9538 free_frame_faces (f
);
9540 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9541 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9543 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9544 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9545 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9546 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9547 toolkit scroll bars. */
9548 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9550 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9551 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9560 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9561 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9563 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9564 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9566 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9567 we are using a toolkit. */
9568 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9569 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9571 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9572 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9575 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9576 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9577 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9579 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9580 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9581 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9583 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9585 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9586 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9587 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9589 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9590 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9591 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9592 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9593 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9594 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9596 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9597 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9598 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9599 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9600 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9601 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9602 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9603 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9604 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9605 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9606 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9607 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9608 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9609 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9610 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9613 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9616 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9617 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9618 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9620 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9621 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9622 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9623 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9624 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9625 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9627 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9630 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9632 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9642 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9645 x_destroy_window (f
)
9648 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9650 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9651 commands to the X server. */
9652 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9653 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9655 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9659 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9661 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9662 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9663 that the window now has.
9664 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9665 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9666 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9670 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9675 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9676 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9678 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9679 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9681 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9682 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9684 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9685 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9687 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9688 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9689 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9690 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9691 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9692 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9694 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9696 int base_width
, base_height
;
9697 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9699 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9700 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9702 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9704 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9705 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9706 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9707 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9708 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9710 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9711 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9712 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9714 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9715 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9716 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9717 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9718 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9721 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9724 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9729 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9730 long supplied_return
;
9733 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9737 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9742 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9743 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9744 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9745 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9746 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9747 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9748 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9749 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9756 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9757 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9761 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9762 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9764 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9766 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9768 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9770 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9773 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9777 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9780 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9781 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9782 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9783 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9785 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9786 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9788 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9789 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9793 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9797 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9799 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9800 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9805 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9806 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9807 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9808 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9812 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9820 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9824 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9828 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9829 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9830 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9831 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9834 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9836 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9837 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9839 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9843 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9847 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9849 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9850 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9851 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9853 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9857 /***********************************************************************
9859 ***********************************************************************/
9863 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9867 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9873 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9874 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9875 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9878 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9881 /***********************************************************************
9883 ***********************************************************************/
9885 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9886 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9887 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9888 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9890 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9891 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9892 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9894 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9895 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9896 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9897 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9898 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9899 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9900 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9903 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9905 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9907 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9909 static int x_initialized
;
9912 static int x_session_initialized
;
9915 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9916 the screen number from the server number. */
9918 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9919 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9922 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9923 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9924 int length_until_period
= 0;
9926 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9927 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9928 length_until_period
++;
9930 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9931 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9933 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9935 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9936 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9937 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9938 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9939 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9940 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9941 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9942 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9943 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9944 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9945 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9946 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9947 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9948 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9950 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9954 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9958 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9959 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9962 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9963 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9966 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9990 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9991 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9994 x_display_ok (display
)
9995 const char *display
;
10000 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10002 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10008 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10009 the structure that describes the open display.
10010 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10012 struct x_display_info
*
10013 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10014 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10016 char *resource_name
;
10020 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10021 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10026 if (!x_initialized
)
10032 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
10033 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10037 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10039 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10040 char **argv2
= argv
;
10043 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10044 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, Qx
))
10045 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10048 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10050 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10051 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10052 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10053 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10054 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10056 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10060 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10064 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10066 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10068 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10069 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10072 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10073 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10075 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10077 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10079 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10083 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10085 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10086 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10088 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10090 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10091 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10093 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10094 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10096 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10097 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10100 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10101 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10104 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10106 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10108 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10109 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10110 So let's not use it until R6. */
10111 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10112 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10123 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10124 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10126 turn_on_atimers (0);
10127 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10128 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10129 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10131 turn_on_atimers (1);
10133 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10134 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10139 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10140 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10141 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10142 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10143 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10145 /* Detect failure. */
10152 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10154 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10155 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10157 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10160 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10163 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10164 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10165 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10166 SDATA (display_name
)))
10169 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10172 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10173 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10174 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10175 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10177 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10178 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal */
10179 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10181 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10182 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10183 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10185 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10186 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10189 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10190 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10191 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10192 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10193 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10194 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10195 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10197 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10200 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10201 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10202 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10204 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10205 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10206 x_display_name_list
);
10207 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10209 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10211 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10212 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10213 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10214 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10217 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10221 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10222 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10224 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10225 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10227 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10228 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10230 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10232 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10233 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10234 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10236 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10237 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10239 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10240 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10241 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10242 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10244 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10246 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10248 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10250 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10251 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10252 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10253 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10254 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10255 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10256 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10257 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10258 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10259 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10260 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10261 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10262 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10263 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10264 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10265 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10266 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10267 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10268 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10269 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10270 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10271 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10272 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10273 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10274 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10275 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10276 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10277 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10279 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10280 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10281 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10283 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10285 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10286 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10287 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10288 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10289 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10290 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10293 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10294 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10296 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10299 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10300 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10301 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10303 if (STRINGP (value
)
10304 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10305 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10306 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10310 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10311 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10315 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10316 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10317 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10318 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10319 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10321 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10323 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10324 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10328 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10330 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10331 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10332 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10333 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10334 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10335 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10336 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10337 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10338 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10342 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10344 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10345 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10346 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10347 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10348 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10349 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10350 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10352 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10353 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10354 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10355 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10356 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10357 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10358 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10359 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10360 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10361 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10362 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10363 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10364 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10366 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10367 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10368 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10370 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10371 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10372 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10374 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10375 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10376 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10378 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10379 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10380 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10381 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10382 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10383 /* For properties of font. */
10384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10391 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10393 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10395 /* Ghostscript support. */
10396 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10397 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10399 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10402 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10405 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10406 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10407 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10408 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10409 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10410 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10411 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10412 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10413 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10414 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10418 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10419 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10420 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10421 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10423 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10424 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10425 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10427 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10428 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10431 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10432 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10434 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10436 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10437 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10441 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10444 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10446 #ifdef subprocesses
10447 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10448 if (connection
!= 0)
10449 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10453 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10454 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10457 if (interrupt_input
)
10458 init_sigio (connection
);
10459 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10463 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10464 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10467 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10468 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10469 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10470 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10471 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10472 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10473 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10474 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10476 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10477 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10478 x_uncatch_errors ();
10482 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10483 for debugging X code. */
10486 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10487 build_string ("synchronous"),
10488 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10490 if (STRINGP (value
)
10491 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10492 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10493 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10498 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10499 build_string ("useXIM"),
10500 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10503 if (STRINGP (value
)
10504 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10505 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10508 if (STRINGP (value
)
10509 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10510 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10516 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10517 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10519 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10520 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10528 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10529 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10532 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10533 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10536 struct terminal
*t
;
10538 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10540 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10541 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10544 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10545 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10548 delete_terminal (t
);
10552 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10554 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10555 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10556 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10557 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10558 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10563 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10564 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10566 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10568 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10571 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10575 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10576 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10578 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10579 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10582 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10584 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10585 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10586 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10589 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10590 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10591 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10595 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10597 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10598 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10599 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10600 that slows us down. */
10603 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10604 struct atimer
*timer
;
10607 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10608 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10610 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10611 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10612 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10613 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10618 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10619 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10620 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10621 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10622 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10623 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10624 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10627 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10630 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10632 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10634 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10635 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10636 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10641 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10644 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10646 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10648 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10650 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10654 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10656 x_after_update_window_line
,
10657 x_update_window_begin
,
10658 x_update_window_end
,
10664 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10666 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10667 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10668 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10669 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10670 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10671 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10672 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10673 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10674 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10675 x_clear_frame_area
,
10676 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10677 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10678 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10682 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10684 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10689 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10690 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10691 if (!terminal
->name
)
10696 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10699 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10702 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10703 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10704 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10706 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10707 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10709 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10710 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10711 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10712 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10714 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10715 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10716 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10717 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10718 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10719 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10720 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10721 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10722 leaks in other situations. */
10724 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10725 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10727 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10729 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10730 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10731 closing all the displays. */
10732 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10736 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10738 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10739 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10741 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10743 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10746 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10750 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10751 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10753 static struct terminal
*
10754 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10756 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10758 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10760 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10761 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10762 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10764 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10766 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10767 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10768 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10769 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10770 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10771 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10772 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10773 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10774 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10775 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10776 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10777 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10778 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10779 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10780 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10781 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10782 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10783 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10784 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10785 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10787 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10788 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10790 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10791 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10792 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10793 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10794 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10795 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10807 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10808 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10809 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10811 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10815 current_count
= -1;
10818 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10819 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10821 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10822 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10824 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10826 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10827 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10828 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10829 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10830 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10831 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10832 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10834 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10837 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10839 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10840 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10844 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10845 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10846 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10848 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10849 original error handler. */
10850 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10851 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10853 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10855 xgselect_initialize ();
10862 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10864 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10865 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10867 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10868 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10870 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10871 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10873 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10874 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10876 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10877 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10880 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10881 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10883 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10884 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10887 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10888 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10889 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10890 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10891 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10892 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10893 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10895 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10897 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10898 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10899 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10900 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10901 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10902 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10903 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10905 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10906 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10907 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10908 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10909 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10910 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10911 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10912 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10913 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10915 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10916 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10917 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10918 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10919 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10921 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10922 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10923 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10925 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10927 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10930 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10933 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10934 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10936 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10937 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10938 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10939 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10940 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10941 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10942 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10943 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10944 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10946 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10947 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10948 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10949 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10950 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10951 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10953 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10954 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10955 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10956 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10957 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10958 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10960 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10961 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10962 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10963 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10964 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10965 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10967 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10968 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10969 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10970 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10971 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10972 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10974 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10975 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10976 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10977 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10978 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10982 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10984 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10985 (do not change this comment) */